-
1 also in cases when
Общая лексика: и в случаях, когда -
2 и в случаях, когда
General subject: also in cases whenУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > и в случаях, когда
-
3 случай
(см. также вариант, версия, факт) case, event, occurrence, incident, occasion, chance• Безусловно это можно использовать лишь в случае, если... - Of course this applies only if...• Безусловно, в некоторых случаях... - In some cases, of course,...• Частным случаем все еще является тот, в котором... - A still more restricted case is that in which...• В огромном большинстве случаев... - In the vast majority of cases,...• В данном случае единственной возможностью является... - For this case, the only recourse is to...• В данном случае значение переменной Q не имеет какого-либо элементарного или очевидного объяснения. - In this case the quantity Q has no elementary or obvious meaning.• В данном случае можно использовать другой подход. - In this case a different approach can be used.• В зависимости от... возникают три случая. - Three cases arise depending on whether...• В зависимости от того, действительно ли..., необходимо различать два случая. - Two cases are to be distinguished, according to whether...• В качестве дополнительной иллюстрации рассмотрим случай... - As an additional illustration, consider the case of...• В лучшем случае, подобные величины представляют (собой)... - At best such values represent...• В любом случае, более удовлетворительным является (использовать и т. п.)... - In any case it is more satisfactory to...• В любом случае, возможно, было бы правильным сказать, что... - In any case, it is probably fair to say that...• В любом случае, очевидно, что... - At any rate, it is clear that...• В некоторых случаях более надежные значения для F могут быть получены из... - In some cases more reliable values for F can be obtained from...• В некоторых случаях более полезно... - In some cases it is more useful to...• В некоторых случаях возможно... - In some cases it is possible to...• В некоторых случаях достаточно... - In some cases, it is sufficient to...• В некоторых случаях может оказаться необходимым... - It may be necessary in some cases to...• В некоторых случаях эти два ограничения... - In some instances the two bounds fall close together...• В общем случае будет невозможно (найти и т. п.)... - It will not in general be possible to...• В общем случае будет обнаружено, что... - In the general case it will be found that...• В общем случае возможно доказать, что... - In general, it is possible to prove that...• В общем случае довольно трудно... - Generally, it is rather difficult to...• В общем случае мы считаем наилучшим (вычислить и т. п.)... - In general, we find it best to...• В общем случае несправедливо, что... - It is not in general true that...• В общем случае предполагается, что... - It is generally assumed that...• В общем случае рассуждение делают строгим, используя... - For the general case the argument is made precise by use of...• В общем случае следует ожидать, что... - In general it should be anticipated that...• В общем случае у нас нет оснований ожидать... - In the general case, we cannot reasonably expect...• В общем случае это не будет происходить, если только не... - This will not happen, in general, unless...• В общем случае это несправедливо. - In general this is not true.• В общем случае, рассматриваемом ниже,... - In the general case to be dealt with below,...• В обычном (= типичном) случае, например, можно было бы... - In a typical case, for example, one might...• В подобном случае могло бы быть проще уточнить... - In such a case, it might be simpler to specify...• В подобных случаях было предложено, чтобы... - In such cases it was suggested that...• В последнем случае может быть достаточно (вычислить и т. п.)... - In the latter case it may be sufficient to...• В простом специальном случае, когда X имеет форму (2.3), мы можем записать... - In the simple special case that X has the form (2.3) we can write...• В различных случаях мы обнаружили, что удобно... - We have found it convenient on various occasions to...• В следующей главе мы упростим ситуацию, рассматривая случай... - In the next chapter we simplify matters by considering the case of...• В случае (а) неравенство (1) доказывается в [2]. - In the case (a) inequality (1) is proved in [2].• В случае, если лекция откладывается, вас известят. - You will be given due notice in the event that the lecture is postponed.• В соответствии с природой... возникают четыре разных случая. - Four distinct cases arise according to the nature of...• В таком случае естественно сказать, что... - In this case it is natural to say that...• В таком случае мы часто говорим, что... - In this situation, we often say that...• В частных случаях может произойти (что-л). - In particular cases it may happen that...• В этой главе мы рассматриваем различные случаи... - In this chapter we consider various cases of...• В этом случае мы могли бы определить (= ввести)... - For this case we may define...• В этом случае особенно просто... - In this case it is particularly easy to...• В этом случае, невозможно более (использовать и т. п.)... - In this case, it is no longer possible to...• Важный случай возникает, когда... - An important case occurs when...• Во всех случаях общепризнанно, что... - In all cases it is generally recognized that...• Во втором случае говорится о... - In the latter case one speaks of...• Во многих случаях необходимо знать скорость (= частоту), при которой... - In many cases it is required to know the rate at which...• Во многих случаях необходимо обращаться за помощью к приближенным методам. - In many cases it is necessary to resort to approximate methods.• Во многих случаях это будет очевидно из простого наблюдения. - In many cases this will be obvious by inspection.• Во многих случаях это не имеет значения. - In many cases this is of no importance.• Возвращаясь теперь к более общему случаю, где/ когда... - Returning now to the more general case where...• Все случаи такого типа покрываются... - All cases of this kind are covered by...• Все это возникает как частные случаи (чего-л). - All of these arise as particular cases of...• Выберем специальный случай, когда... - Let us choose the special case where...• Давайте представим случай, когда... - Let us imagine a case where...• Давайте применим наше правило к простому случаю... - Let us now apply our rule to the simple case of...• Давайте рассмотрим некоторые частные случаи (чего-л). - Let us look at some particular cases of...• Давайте сейчас проведем данную процедуру в специальном случае... - Let us carry out this procedure here for the special case of...• Далее, мы кратко рассматриваем случаи, в которых... - Further, we briefly treat cases in which...• Данный метод особенно подходит в случае, когда... - The method is particularly appropriate when...• Действительно, наиболее типичным является случай, когда... - Indeed, it is typically the case that...• Для простоты мы ограничимся случаем... - For simplicity we shall confine ourselves to the case of...• До сих пор мы рассматривали лишь случаи, когда... - So far we have considered only cases in which...• Другие случаи молено обсудить в подобной манере. - In a similar manner other cases may be discussed.• Другим крайним случаем является... - At the other extreme is the case of...• Другим частным случаем является тот из... - Another simple case is that of...• Другой случай, представляющий для нас интерес, получается, если/ когда... - Another case of interest is obtained if...• Если это тот самый случай, то отсюда следует... - This being the case, it follows that...• Еще один интересный случай - это (случай)... - A further case of interest is that of...• За исключением специальных простых случаев, во всех остальных не является очевидным, действительно ли... - Except in certain simple cases it will not be obvious whether...• Зарегистрированы случаи (чего-л). - There are cases on record of...• Здесь будет рассмотрен только последний (= второй) случай. - Only the latter case will be treated here.• Здесь мы видим простой случай (чего-л). - Here we see a simple case of...• й в данном случае это находится в соответствии с... - Again this is in accordance with...• Из симметрии в данном случае очевидно, что... - In this case it is obvious from symmetry that...; From symmetry it is obvious that...• Имеются несколько специальных случаев, представляющих для нас большой интерес. - There are several special cases of particular interest to us.• Имеются случаи, когда... - There are cases when...• Имеются случаи, когда можно (показать и т. п.)... - There are cases when it is possible to...• Интересны несколько специальных случаев. - Several special cases are of interest.• Интересный случай возникает, когда... - An interesting case occurs when...• Интересным является случай, когда... - An interesting special case is when...• Исследование каждого случая отдельно приводит к... - Examination of each individual case leads to...• Итак, мы ограничимся наиболее важным случаем, который... - We therefore confine ourselves to the most important case, which is...• К несчастью, встречаются случаи, когда... - Unfortunately there are occasions when...• К сожалению, за исключением простейших случаев, довольно трудно (получить и т. п.)... - With the exception of the simplest cases it is, unfortunately, rather difficult to...• Критический случай получается, когда... - The critical case is that in which...• Между этими двумя весьма крайними случаями лежит большинство... - Between these two rather extreme cases lies the great majority of...• Можно отметить три специальных случая. - Three special cases may be noticed. •'• Мы до сих пор не рассматривали случай, когда... - We still have not dealt with the case in which...• Мы должны отличать последний случай от случая... - This last case should be distinguished from the case of...• Мы имеем здесь дело со случаем, когда... - We deal here with the case in which...• Мы можем, конечно, применить теорему 1 к случаю, где/ когда... - We can, of course, apply Theorem 1 to the case where...• Мы обсуждаем это в общем случае, когда... - We discuss this in the general case when...• Мы ограничим наши рассуждения случаем... - We shall restrict our considerations to the case of...• Мы очень просто включим сюда все случаи, сказав, что... - We include all cases very simply by saying that...• Мы пренебрегаем случаем, когда х < 0. - We disregard the case when x < 0.• Мы применим наши результаты к одному простому случаю. - We shall apply our results to a simple case.• Мы проиллюстрируем данный метод для случая... - We shall illustrate the procedure for the case of...• Мы рассматриваем каждый из этих двух случаев отдельно. - We consider these two cases separately.• Мы увидим, что данное исследование применимо также в случае... - It will be observed that this investigation applies also to the case of...• Мы уже применили здесь один специальный случай (чего-л). - We have used here a special case of...• Мы уже убедились, что в общем случае мы не можем ожидать... - We have already seen that we cannot, in general, expect...• На практике мы почти всегда встречаем случай, когда... - In practice, it is almost invariably the case that...• Наиболее важным случаем является тот, в котором... - The most important case is that in which...• Наиболее заметным (этот) случай становится, когда... - The most conspicuous case occurs when...• Простейший и, одновременно, наиболее широко используемый случай это... - The simplest case, and the most widely used, is that of...• Нам не известны случаи (чего-л). - No case of... has come to our notice.• Наше задание становится существенно сложнее в случае... - The task at hand is more complicated in the case of...• Общий случай рассматривается в упражнении 54. - The general case is considered in Exercise 54.• Однако в данном случае проделать это затруднительно. - In the present situation, however, it is not feasible to do this.• Однако в общем случае мы заинтересованы в измерении других характеристик... - In general, however, we are interested in measuring other properties of...• Однако в общем случае эта идея имеет небольшую область приложений. - However, this idea has little application in general.• Однако в случае... эти эффекты относительно малы. - These effects are, however, relatively small in the case of...• Однако в специальных случаях это затруднение можно обойти. - In special cases, however, this difficulty may be circumvented.• Однако во многих случаях мы не знаем... - But in many cases, we do not know...• Однако для этих случаев часто более эффективно... - For these cases it is, however, often more efficient to...• Однако из экспериментов мы знаем, что бывают случаи, когда... - Experimentally, however, we know that there are cases when...• Однако имеется много случаев, когда... - There are, however, many cases in which...• Однако имеется один интересный случай, когда... - There is, however, one interesting case in which...• Однако имеются два предельных случая, когда... - There are, however, two limiting cases in which...• Однако имеются некоторые специальные случаи, когда... - There are, however, some special cases in which...• Однако имеются несколько специальных случаев, в которых/ когда... - There are, however, a few specific cases in which...• Однако легко обобщить это исследование на случай, когда... - It is easy, however, to generalize this treatment to the case of...• Однако существуют важные специальные случаи, когда... - There are, however, important special cases when...• Однако это, несомненно, случай... - But this is by no means the case for...• Однако, в общем случае, несправедливо, что... - It is not true in general, however, that...• Одним важным исключением является случай... - An important exception is the case of...• Основные результаты приводятся ниже, сначала для случая... - The main results are stated below, first for the case of...• Особенно важным для наших целей является случай, что... - Particularly important for our purposes is the case of...• Особенно это тот случай, когда... - This is particularly the case when...• Особый интерес вызывают случаи, когда... - Special interest attaches to cases in which...• Оставляя в стороне особые случаи, мы... - Leaving these singular cases aside, we...• Оставляя этот случай в стороне, получаем, что... - Leaving this case out of consideration, it follows that...• Остается рассмотреть случай, когда... - It remains now to deal with the case when...• Очевидно, они неприменимы к случаям, где/ когда... - Clearly they do not apply to cases where...• Первым и самым простым из этих случаев является случай, когда... - The first of these, and the simplest, is...• Подобные случаи могут быть описаны общим уравнением... - Such cases can be covered by the general equation...• Поучительно решить эти уравнения в случае... - It is instructive to work out these equations for the case of...• Применение данной теории к частным случаям требует... - The application of the theory to particular cases requires...• Простейший пример такой ситуации дается специальным случаем... - The simplest example of such a situation is the special case of...• Простейшим случаем является тот, когда/в котором... - The simplest case is that in which...• С другой стороны, в общем случае не всегда допустимо... - On the other hand, it is not in general permissible to...• Ситуация становится проще в случае, когда... - The situation is slightly simpler in the case where...• Следовательно в каждом отдельном из этих случаев необходимо... - In each of these cases, therefore, it is necessary to...• Следующим простейшим случаем является тот, в котором... - The next simplest case is that in which...• Случаем огромного практического интереса является тот, в котором/где/ когда... - A case of great practical interest is that in which...• Случаи, имеющие практический интерес, приводятся ниже. - Cases of practical interest are given below.• Случай (чего-л) требует специального рассмотрения. - The case of... requires special consideration.• Случай этого сорта возникает, когда... - This kind of case arises when...• Случай, вызывающий особый интерес, возникает, когда... - A case of special interest arises when...• Сначала мы рассматриваем случай... - We first deal with the case of...• Существенно более важным случаем является тот, когда... - By far the most important case is that in which...• Существуют два случая, когда это должно быть принято во внимание. - There are two situations where this has to be taken into account:• Такая связь является простейшей в случае... - This connection is simplest in the case of...• Тем не менее, мы говорим в общем случае, что... - Nevertheless, we generally say that...• Теорема 2 может быть расширена на случай параболического уравнения. - Theorem 2 can be extended to deal with parabolic equations.• Теперь мы можем обобщить (это) на случай... - We can now generalize to the case of...• Теперь мы обнаруживаем, что обязаны различать между двумя случаями. - We have now two cases to distinguish.• То, что было сказано выше, применяется, в частности, к случаю... - What has been said above applies in particular to...• Только что приведенный пример является специальным случаем... - The example just given is a special case of...• Нам не представится случай использовать... - We shall not have occasion to use...• Уже сформулированные правила молено распространить на случай... - The rules presented so far can be extended to...• Частным случаем этой теоремы является... - A particular case of this theorem is that...• Что важно в любом из случаев, это... - What is important in either case is that...• Чтобы получить практический результат в подобных случаях, мы... - То obtain a practical result in such cases, we...• Чтобы рассмотреть общий случай, давайте... - То deal with the general case, let...• Чтобы рассмотреть этот случай, мы... - То cover this case, we...• Эти результаты теперь могут быть специализированы для случая... - These results can now be specialized to the case of...• Это может рассматриваться как специальный случай... - This may now be regarded as a special case of...• Это обычный случай. - This is a common occurrence.• Это очевидно для случая, когда/где... - This is obvious in the case of...• Это практически важный случай, потому что... - This is an important case in practice because...• Это просто частный случай (теоремы и т. п.)... - This is simply a particular case of...• Это случай, наиболее часто встречающийся на практике. - This is the case that occurs most frequently in practice.• Это существенно отличается от конечномерного случая, где... - This is in marked contrast to the finite dimensional case, where...• Это удовлетворительно во многих случаях, однако... - This is satisfactory in many instances; however,...• Это хорошо подтверждается в случае... - This is well confirmed in the case of...• Этого, очевидно, достаточно, чтобы рассмотреть случай.,. - It is obviously enough to consider the case...• Этот случай дает прекрасный пример (чего-л). - This case provides an excellent example of...• Этот случай хорошо иллюстрируется (чем-л). - This case is neatly illustrated by... -
4 ὡς
ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as① a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, likeⓐ corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.ⓑ special usesα. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.② a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.ⓐ ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.ⓑ The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.ⓒ Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.α. a substantiveא. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.ⓓ other noteworthy usesα. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.③ marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, asⓐ w. focus on quality, circumstance, or roleα. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.ⓑ w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and now … Lk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.ⓒ w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).④ conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.⑤ marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.⑥ w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.⑦ a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.⑧ temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).ⓐ w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.ⓑ w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11.— Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.ⓒ ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.ⓓ w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).⑨ a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order toⓐ w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).ⓑ w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).ⓒ used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M. -
5 иметься
(см. также иметь) be, exist, have, be present, be available• Здесь у нас имеется другой пример... - We have here another example of...• Имеется все больше указаний на то, что... - There is increasing evidence that...• Имеется мало указаний на то, что... - There is little evidence that...• Имеется множество различных вариантов. - Many different variants/modifications/approaches are possible.• Имеется основание считать, что... - There is reason to believe that...• Имеется свидетельство, что... - There is evidence that...• Имеются все основания полагать, что... - We can safely assume that...; We have every reason to believe that...• Имеются все признаки того, что... - There is ample evidence that...• Имеются многочисленные указания на то, что... - There is abundant evidence that...• Имеются некоторые другие условия, которые заслуживают упоминания. - There are some other terms that require mention.• Имеются основания ожидать (полагать)... - It is reasonable to expect (to believe that)...; There are grounds to assume that...• Имеются случаи, когда... - There are cases when...• Имеются случаи, когда молено (показать и т. п.)... - There are cases when it is possible to...• Имеются четыре возможных комбинации... - There are four possible combinations of...• Имеются экспериментальные данные о том, что... - There is experimental evidence that...• К счастью, имеется один простой и пригодный для этого метод. - Fortunately, there is a simple technique available for doing this.• Краткое описание... имеется в... - A brief account of... is given in...• Между... и... имеется очевидная аналогия. - There is an obvious analogy between... and...• Например, имеются данные, что... - There is evidence, for example, that...• Независимо от того, сколько у нас имеется..., мы (все равно) можем выбрать... - No matter how many... we are given, we can choose...• Обычно имеется возможность выбрать... - It is usually possible to choose...• Однако имеется другой способ продвижения вперед, который дает... - There is another way to proceed, however, which gives...• Однако имеется один интересный случай, когда... - There is, however, one interesting case in which...• Однако имеются (некоторые) недостатки в том, что... - However, there are disadvantages in...• Однако имеются два предельных случая, когда... - There are, however, two limiting cases in which...• Однако имеются некоторые специальные случаи, когда... - There are, however, some special cases in which...• Следовательно, у нас имеются хорошие основания для того, чтобы заявить, что... - Thus, we have good grounds for saying that...• Так как не имеется подходящей (= доступной) техники для... - Since there is no available technique for...• Также имеется свидетельство того, что... - There is also evidence that...• Таким образом, имеется близкая аналогия между... и.... - There is thus a close analogy between... and....• Теперь у нас имеется достаточно информации для того, чтобы... - We now have enough information to...• Теперь у нас имеется полное решение для... - We now have a complete solution for... -
6 ἵνα
ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final senseⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.2 191ff]; LXX).ⓐ after verbs w. the senseα. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John2, ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.2 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P47 has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
7 κατά
κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—A downwards.A WITH GEN.,I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128
; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438
;ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355
;ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17
;κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c
;κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a
:— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82
(but perh. in sense 11.1).1 down upon or over,κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217
; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580
; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330
; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713
;κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177
; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10
;οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7
;ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256
; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.2 down into,νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39
; of a dart,κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504
, etc.; ;ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100
; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.
113c, cf. Ti. 25d;κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007
(anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689
, etc.;θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475
(lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9
.4 of vows or oaths, by,καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26
, cf. 54.38;ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13
; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16
; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22
.b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660
.5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19
; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7
;λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65
, cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6
, cf. 18.6 of Time, for,μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37
; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20
([place name] Larissa ) (butκ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72
falls under 7);κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7
.7 in respect of, concerning,μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d
;κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b
; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10
;εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d
, cf. 74b;ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2
; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; soκ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13
: and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).B WITH Acc.,I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344
; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64
; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383
; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512
; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16
, etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1
);καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578
;κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6
;αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169
;τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157
, etc.;κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54
;τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528
, cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7
: freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46
;οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339
; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125
: generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.3 opposite, over against,κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76
, cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505
;μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573
;κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11
;οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18
; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15
, cf. D.L.7.108.II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25
;αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013
; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a
; laterοἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72
(i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20
(ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18
(i A.D.).3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later detailed list,PTeb.
47.34 (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113; ; ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον
in separate sums of and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12
, cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152
;ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424
;ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32
, cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70
; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31
;καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2
; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.2 of pursuit,κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89
; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53
; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b
.3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,κ. θυμόν Il.1.136
; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97
; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417
;κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78
;κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15
; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30
, cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8
, etc.; in quotations, according to,κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134
;κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b
, etc.2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31
; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7
(Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67
; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425
;λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925
; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5
;οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169
;ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3
: freq. after a [comp] Comp.,μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38
, cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.V by the favour of a god, etc.,κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28
, cf. P.8.68;κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147
codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24
.VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600
years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137
; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221
; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).2 about,κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131
, etc.;κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58
; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67
; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146
(v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον); κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8
; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.I downwards, down, as inκαταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1
.III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.IV back, back again, as inκάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11
.V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in .F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.------------------------------------κατά [(B)], -
8 Г-78
КУДА ГЛАЗА ГЛЯДИТ coll Invar adv fixed WO1. идти, брести, бежать и т. п. \Г-78 (to walk, roam, run etc) without choosing a specific direction, without a prepared plan, indifferent to where one ends up (often used in cases when one is escaping from a dangerous, intolerable, volatile etc situationalso used when s.o. is deep in thought, emotionally distraught etc): уйти (убежать и т. п.) - ' leave (run away etc) not caring where one is going go anywhere (just to get out of here (there etc))брести - - wander aimlessly (randomly, at random)go wherever one's legs carry (take) one go wherever one's feet take one walk without thinking (paying attention to) where one is going go (walk etc) heedlessly (blindly etc)беги \Г-78! - run away, go anywhere at all!get out of here (there), it doesn't matter where you go!go anywhere, just get out of here (there)! (extended usage)...Если дождь пойдет или гроза начнется, не знают ковыли, куда им приткнуться. Мечутся, падают, прижимаются к земле. Были бы ноги, убежали бы, наверное, куда глаза глядят... (Айтматов 1)....If it rained or stormed, the feather grass went frantic, it did not know what to do, where to hide. It tossed and flattened, pressed itself against the earth. If it had feet, it surely would run away, just anywhere at all (1a)....Он хотел было поворотить назад, к дому, но домой идти ему стало вдруг ужасно противно... и он пошёл куда глаза глядят (Достоевский 3)....Не was about to turn back and go home, but the thought of going home suddenly repelled him....He walked on at random (3a).2. идти, ехать, отправляться и т. п. \Г-78 (to walk, go, set off) wherever one chooses, desires (without restrictions or limitations)wherever one's fancy takes onewherever one feels like (going) wherever the spirit moves one wherever one's legs (will) carry (take) one wherever one's feet (will) take one.И вдруг мелькнула в голове (у Орозкула) отчаянная мысль: «А плюну на веб и уйду куда глаза глядят!» (Айтматов 1). Suddenly a desperate thought flashed across his (Orozkill's) mind: "I'll spit on all this and get out. Just leave for wherever my fancy takes me" (1b). -
9 эксперимент
experiment, test, trial• Более ранние эксперименты подтверждают, что... - More recent experiments confirm that...• Выло разработано много экспериментов для сбора информации о... - Many experiments are designed to supply information on...• В настоящее время проводятся эксперименты, чтобы исследовать... - Experiments are currently underway to investigate...• В последующих экспериментах стало возможным измерить... - In subsequent experiments, it was possible to measure...• В связи с этими исследованиями были проведены эксперименты, которые... - Following these studies, experiments were carried out in which...• Вместо этого эксперименты показывают, что.,. - Instead, experiments show that...• ` (применять и т. п.)... - In all such experiments it is necessary to...• Второй эксперимент отличается от первого в нескольких важных направлениях. - The second experiment differs from the first in several important ways.• Давайте рассмотрим гипотетический эксперимент, в котором... - Let us consider a hypothetical experiment in which...• Данная формула хорошо согласуется с экспериментом. - This formula is in good agreement with the experiment.• Данные эксперименты указывали, что... - These experiments indicated that...• Из результатов экспериментов Смит [1] заключил, что... - From the results of experiments, Smith [1] concluded that...• Изучая результаты этого и подобных экспериментов, мы обнаруживаем, что... - From this and similar experiments it is found that...• Недавние эксперименты показали, что... - Recent experiments have shown that...• Однако из экспериментов мы знаем, что бывают случаи, когда... - Experimentally, however, we know that there are cases when...• Основная трудность эксперимента проистекает из... - The main experimental difficulty arises from...• Подобные эксперименты были произведены Смитом [1]. - Similar experiments have been conducted by Smith [1].• Рассмотрим, например, эксперимент, в котором... - Consider, for example, an experiment in which...• С другой стороны, эксперименты показывают, что... - On the other hand, experiments show that...• Смит выполнил аналогичные эксперименты, в которых... - Smith has performed analogous experiments in which...• Такое согласие между теорией и экспериментом вполне удовлетворительно в свете... - The agreement between theory and experiment is quite good in view of...• Трудности этого эксперимента становятся ясными, когда осознаешь, что... - The experimental difficulties become apparent when one realizes that...• Тщательные эксперименты доказали, что... - Careful tests proved that...• Чтобы проиллюстрировать предыдущие утверждения, рассмотрим эксперимент, в котором... - То illustrate the preceding statements, let us consider an experiment in which...• Эксперимент подтверждает это, однако одновременно показывает, что... - Experiment confirms this but also shows that...• Эксперимент принес эффектное подтверждение... - The experiment provided dramatic confirmation of...• Эксперимент свидетельствует нам, что... - Experiment tells us that...• Эксперименты с полупроводниками показывают, что... - Experiments with semiconductors show that...• Эти эксперименты касались... - These experiments were concerned with...• Это было порождено экспериментами. - This is borne out by experiments.• Это мнение появилось после экспериментов, в которых... - This opinion was reached after experiments in which....• Это подтверждается лабораторными экспериментами. - This is supported by laboratory measurements.• Этот эксперимент был одной сплошной неудачей. - The experiment was a dismal failure.• Этот эксперимент мог бы показаться искусственным, однако он иллюстрирует... - This experiment may seem artificial, but it illustrates that... -
10 куда глаза глядят
• КУДА ГЛАЗА ГЛЯДИТ coll[Invar; adv; fixed WO]=====1. идти, брести, бежать и т.п. куда глаза глядят (to walk, roam, run etc) without choosing a specific direction, without a prepared plan, indifferent to where one ends up (often used in cases when one is escaping from a dangerous, intolerable, volatile etc situation; also used when s.o. is deep in thought, emotionally distraught etc): уйти <убежать и т. п.> куда глаза глядят ≈ leave <run away etc> not caring where one is going; go anywhere (just to get out of here <there etc>; || брести куда глаза глядят ≈ wander aimlessly <randomly, at random>; go wherever one's legs carry (take) one; go wherever one's feet take one; walk without thinking (paying attention to) where one is going; go (walk etc) heedlessly (blindly etc); || беги -! - run away, go anywhere at all!; get out of here (there), it doesn't matter where you go!; go anywhere, just get out of here (there)!♦ [extended usage]...Если дождь пойдёт или гроза начнётся, не знают ковыли, куда им приткнуться. Мечутся, падают, прижимаются к земле. Были бы ноги, убежали бы, наверное, куда глаза глядят... (Айтматов 1)....If it rained or stormed, the feather grass went frantic, it did not know what to do, where to hide. It tossed and flattened, pressed itself against the earth. If it had feet, it surely would run away, just anywhere at all (1a).♦...Он хотел было поворотить назад, к дому, но домой идти ему стало вдруг ужасно противно... и он пошёл куда глаза глядят (Достоевский 3)....He was about to turn back and go home, but the thought of going home suddenly repelled him....He walked on at random (3a).2. идти, ехать, отправляться и т.п. куда глаза глядят (to walk, go, set off) wherever one chooses, desires (without restrictions or limitations):- wherever one's feet (will) take one.♦ И вдруг мелькнула в голове [у Орозкула] отчаянная мысль: "А плюну на всё и уйду куда глаза глядят!" (Айтматов 1). Suddenly a desperate thought flashed across his [Orozkul's] mind: "I'll spit on all this and get out. Just leave for wherever my fancy takes me" (1b).Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > куда глаза глядят
-
11 νηδύς
2 belly, paunch, Il.13.290, Hdt.2.47.3 bowels, A.Ch. 757, Hp. Aër.19, etc.;ἐξελεῖν τὴν νηδύν Hdt.2.87
; as the seat of thirst,τέγξας ἄδιψον νηδύν E.Cyc. 574
;ἄρδῃ τε νηδύν Id.Supp. 207
. -
12 ar
1 conj. "and" ARsup2/sup, SA, FS, Nam, RGEO:67, CO, LR:47, 56, MC:216, VT43:31, VT44:10, 34; see VT47:31 for etymology, cf. also VT49:25, 40. The older form of the conjunction was az PE17:41. Ar is often assimilated to al, as before l, s PE17:41, 71, but in written Quenya ar was usually written in all cases PE17:71. In one case, Tolkien altered the phrase ar larmar and raiments to al larmar; the former may then be seen as representing the spelling, whereas the latter represents the pronunciation PE17:175. More complex schemes of assimilation are suggested to have existed in Old Quenya, the conjunction varying between ar, a and as depending on the following consonant PE17:41, 71. An alternative longer form of the conjunction, arë, is said to occur "occasionally in Tolkien's later writings" VT43:31, cf. VT48:14. In the Etymologies, the word for "and" was first written as ara VT45:6. In one source, Tolkien notes that Quenya used ar as preposition beside, next, or as adverb = and PE17:145; compare ara. 2 noun "day" PE17:148, apparently short for árë,occurring in the names of the Valinorean week listed below. Tolkien indicated that ar in these names could also be arë when the following element begins in a consonant VT45:27. Usually the word for "day" in LotR-style Quenya is rather aurë or ré, q.v. -
13 Article 92
1. The President of the Russian Federation shall take up his powers since the moment of taking the oath of loyalty and cease to fulfil them with the expiration of the term of office and from the moment a newly-elected president is sworn in.2. The President of the Russian Federation shall cease to exercise his powers short of the term in case of his resignation, stable inability because of health reasons to exercise the powers vested in him or in case of impeachment. In this case the election of the President of the Russian Federation shall take place not later than three months since the termination of the powers short of the term. 3. In all cases when the President of the Russian Federation is incapable of fulfilling his duties, they shall temporarily fulfilled by the Chairman of the Government of the Russian Federation. The Acting President of the Russian Federation shall have no right to dissolve the State Duma, appoint a referendum, and also provisions of the Constitution of the Russian Federation. __________ <На русском языке см. [ref dict="The Constitution of Russia (Russian)"]Статья 92[/ref]> <На немецком языке см. [ref dict="The Constitution of Russia (German)"]Artikel 92[/ref]> <На французском языке см. [ref dict="The Constitution of Russia (French)"]Article 92[/ref]>The Constitution of Russia. English-Russian dictionary > Article 92
-
14 Usage note : have
When used as an auxiliary in present perfect, future perfect and past perfect tenses, have is normally translated by avoir:I have seen= j’ai vuI had seen= j’avais vuHowever, some verbs in French, especially verbs of movement and change of state (e.g. aller, venir, descendre, mourir), take être rather than avoir in these tenses:he has left= il est partiIn this case, remember the past participle agrees with the subject of the verb:she has gone= elle est alléeReflexive verbs (e.g. se lever, se coucher) always conjugate with être:she has fainted= elle s’est évanouieFor translations of time expressions using for or since (he has been in London for six months, he has been in London since June), see the entries for and since.For translations of time expressions using just (I have just finished my essay, he has just gone), see the entry just1.to have to meaning must is translated by either devoir or the impersonal construction il faut que + subjunctive:I have to leave now= il faut que je parte maintenant or je dois partir maintenantIn negative sentences, not to have to is generally translated by ne pas être obligé de e.g.you don’t have to go= tu n’es pas obligé d’y allerFor examples and particular usages see the entry have.When have is used as a straightforward transitive verb meaning possess, have (or have got) can generally be translated by avoir, e.g.I have (got) a car= j’ai une voitureshe has a good memory= elle a une bonne mémoirethey have (got) problems= ils ont des problèmesFor examples and particular usages see entry ; see also got.have is also used with certain noun objects where the whole expression is equivalent to a verb:to have dinner = to dineto have a try = to tryto have a walk = to walkIn such cases the phrase is very often translated by the equivalent verb in French (dîner, essayer, se promener). For translations consult the appropriate noun entry (dinner, try, walk).had is used in English at the beginning of a clause to replace an expression with if. Such expressions are generally translated by si + past perfect tense, e.g.had I taken the train, this would never have happened= si j’avais pris le train, ce ne serait jamais arrivéhad there been a fire, we would all have been killed= s’il y avait eu un incendie, nous serions tous mortsFor examples of the above and all other uses of have see the entry. -
15 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
16 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
17 en
prep.viven en la capital they live in the capitaltiene el dinero en el banco he keeps his money in the banken la mesa/el plato on the table/plateen casa/el trabajo at home/work2 into.el avión cayó en el mar the plane fell into the seaentraron en la habitación they came/went into the room3 in (time) (month, year).nació en 1953/marzo she was born in 1953/Marchen Nochebuena on Christmas Eveen Navidades at Christmasen aquella época at that time, in those daysen un par de días in a couple of days4 by (medio de transporte).ir en tren/coche/avión/barco to go by train/car/plane/boat5 in (modo).en voz baja in a low voicelo dijo en inglés she said it in Englishpagar en libras to pay in poundsla inflación aumentó en un 10 por ciento inflation increased by 10 percenttodo se lo gasta en ropa he spends everything on clothes6 in (price).las ganancias se calculan en millones profits are calculated in millionste lo dejo en 5.000 I'll let you have it for 5,0007 from (causa).lo detecté en su forma de hablar I could tell from the way he was speaking8 in, made of (materia).en seda in silk9 in terms of.lo supera en inteligencia she is more intelligent than he is10 on, over, upon.11 at, over at, in, over in.En ese momento ...at that moment.12 to.* * *en1 (lugar - gen) in, at2 (- en el interior) in, inside3 (lugar - sobre) on5 (dirección) into6 (transporte) by7 (tema, materia) at, in8 (modo, manera) in9 (porcentaje) by■ los valores aumentaron en un 6% securities increased by 6%10 en + gerund upon■ en llegando el maestro, los niños se levantan upon the teacher's arrival, the children stand up\de casa en casa from house to houseen cuanto as soon asen camino on the way* * *prep.1) in2) on3) at4) by5) inside6) into* * *PREP1) [indicando lugar]a) (=dentro de) inestá en el cajón/en el armario — it's in the drawer/in the wardrobe
b) (=encima de) onc) [con países, ciudades, calles]d) [con edificios]2) [indicando movimiento] into3) [indicando modo] in4) [indicando proporción] by5) [indicando tiempo]ayer en la mañana — LAm yesterday morning
en la mañana del accidente — LAm on the morning of the accident
6) [indicando tema, ocupación]Hugo en Segismundo — (Cine, Teat) Hugo as Segismundo, Hugo in the role of Segismundo
7) [con medios de transporte] by8) [con cantidades] at, forlo vendió en cinco dólares — he sold it at o for five dollars
estimaron las ganancias en unos trescientos mil euros — they estimated the profits to be around three hundred thousand euros
9) [con infinitivo]10) † [con gerundio]EN Como preposición de lugar, en se traduce normalmente por on, in o at. La elección de una de estas tres preposiciones depende a menudo de cómo percibe el hablante la relación espacial. He aquí unas líneas generales: ► Se traduce por on cuando en equivale a encima de o nos referimos a algo que se percibe como una superficie o una línea, por ejemplo una mesa, una carretera {etc}: "¿Has visto mi vestido?" - "Está en la tabla de planchar" "Have you seen my dress?" - "It's on the ironing-board" Estaban tumbados en la playa They were lying on the beach Está construyendo una casa en la colina He's building a house on the hill ... un pueblo en la costa oeste...... a village on the west coast... La gasolinera está en la carretera que va a Motril The petrol station is on the road to Motril Dibujó un león en la hoja de papel He drew a lion on the piece of paper Tiene un grano en la nariz He has a spot on his nose Lo vi en la tele I saw him on TV ► Se usa in cuando equivale a dentro de o cuando nos referimos a un espacio que se percibe como limitado (calle, montañas, etc): Tus gafas están en mi bolso Your glasses are in my bag Tienes una pestaña en el ojo You've got an eyelash in your eye Lo leí en un libro I read it in a book Se han comprado un chalet en la sierra They've bought a chalet in the mountains Viven en la calle de Serrano They live in the Calle de Serrano ► Lo traducimos por at para referirnos a un edificio cuando hablamos de la actividad que normalmente se realiza en él o cuando en indica un lugar concreto. También se traduce por at cuando en la dirección incluimos el número o el nombre de la casa: ¿Por qué no comemos en el restaurante de tu hermano? Why don't we have lunch at your brother's restaurant? Voy a pasar el día en el museo I'm going to spend the day at the museum Te espero en la parada del autobús I'll meet you at the bus-stop Vivimos en la calle Dale nº 12 We live at 12 Dale Street Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada* * *1) ( en expresiones de lugar)a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel
viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street
nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)
b) ( dentro de) inc) ( sobre) on2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in3)a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)b) (indicando proporción, precio)lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30
las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000
4)a) (indicando estado, manera) inen buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition
en llamas — in flames, on fire
b) ( en forma de)colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle
c) ( en el papel de) asd) ( con medios de transporte) byir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat
fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes
5)a) ( expresando el material)¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?
en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night
7)a) ( con construcciones verbales) inb) ( con complementos de persona) in* * *= in, onto, into, at, throughout.Ex. The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.Ex. When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.Ex. The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.Ex. He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.Ex. Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.----* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.* en abstracto = abstractly.* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].* en adelante = forward [forwards].* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.* en alerta roja = on red alert.* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.* en alguna parte = someplace.* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.* en algunos casos = in some cases.* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.* en algunos sitios = in places.* en alquiler = rented.* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.* en alza = on the upswing.* en ambas direcciones = two-way.* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.* en ángulo = angled.* en ángulo recto = at right angles.* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.* en antelación = anticipatory.* en anticipación = anticipatory.* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en apoyo a = in support of.* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.* en aquellos casos = in those cases.* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.* en aras a = in the name of.* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.* en Babia = absent-minded.* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.* en bandada = in full force.* en bandadas = in droves.* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.* en bisel = angled.* en blanco = blankly, blank.* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).* en bloque = en bloc.* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].* en broma = teasingly.* en buena compañía = in good company.* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.* en buena forma = in good nick.* en buena parte = for the most part.* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.* en búsqueda de = a quest for.* en cada fase = at each stage.* en caída = flowing.* en caja = boxed.* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.* en cama = abed.* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.* en camino = on the way.* en cantidad = bulk.* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.* en carnavales = carnivalistically.* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.* en casa = in the home.* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.* en chirona = behind bars.* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.* en cierto grado = something of.* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.* en circuito cerrado = looped.* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.* en coche = drive.* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.* en columnas = columnar.* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.* en coma = comatose.* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.* en comisión de servicios = seconded.* en comparación = by comparison.* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.* en compensación = compensatory.* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.* en común con = in common with.* en conciencia = in good conscience.* en conclusión = in conclusion.* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.* en condiciones = decent.* en condiciones de = in the position to.* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.* en conexión con = in respect of.* en confidencia = in confidence.* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.* en connivencia = colluding.* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.* en consideración = under consideration.* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.* en consonacia con = in line with.* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.* en construcción = under development, under construction.* en contacto = in communication.* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].* en continua expansión = expanding.* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.* en contra = counterpoint, against.* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).* en contravención de = in contravention of.* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].* en costras = caked.* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.* en cualquier orden = either way round.* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.* en cuanto a él = as for him.* en cuanto a ella = as for her.* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.* en cuanto a mí = as for me.* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.* en cuanto a ti = as for you.* en cuanto a usted = as for you.* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.* en cuanto que = in that.* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.* en cuestiones de = in matters of.* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.* en cursiva = in italic type.* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.* en curso de = in course of.* en cuyo caso = in which case.* en danza = on the run.* en decadencia = bankrupt.* en defensa propia = in self-defence.* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.* en demanda = in-demand.* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.* en desuso = obsolete, disused.* en detalle = at length.* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.* en diagonal = herringbone.* en días alternos = every other day.* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.* en dificultades = stranded.* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].* en dirección de la proa = abaft.* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.* en dirección norte = northbound.* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.* en disco = ondisc.* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.* en distintos formatos = multiform.* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.* en diversos formatos = multiform.* en donde = where, wherein.* en dos años = over a two-year period.* en dos lenguas = bilingually.* en dos niveles = split-level.* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.* en duda = in doubt.* en edad de trabajar = working-age.* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].* en el abandono = in the wilderness.* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.* en el año entrante = in the coming year.* en el año próximo = in the coming year.* en el año venidero = in the coming year.* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.* en el banquillo = on the bench.* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.* en el campus universitario = campus-based.* en el candelero = in the spotlight.* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el centro de = at the heart of.* en el cine = at the movies.* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.* en el contexto de = in the realm of.* en el culo = in the bottom.* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.* en el desierto = in the wilderness.* en el detalle = in detail.* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.* en el eje = at the core (of).* en el entorno de = in the realm of.* en el escenario = on stage.* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.* en el espacio = spatially.* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.* en el estudio = at study, at study.* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.* en el fondo de = at the root of.* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.* en el horizonte = on the horizon.* en el hospital = at the bedside.* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.* en el juego = at play.* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.* en el mandato = in office.* en el mando = at the wheel.* en el mar = at sea.* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.* en el más allá = dead and gone.* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.* en el momento = on the spot.* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.* en el momento justo = on cue.* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.* en el norte del estado = upstate.* en el núcleo = at the core (of).* en el ocaso = over the hill.* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.* en el orden del día = on the agenda.* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.* en el poder = in office.* en el primer caso = in the former case.* en el proceso = in the process.* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.* en el que = wherein.* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.* en el quirófano = under the knife.* en el resto = everywhere else.* en el resto de = elsewhere.* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.* en el seno de = within, among.* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.* en el sentido que = in which.* en el timón = in the saddle.* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.* en el último caso = in the latter case.* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.* en el vuelo = in-flight.* en entrante = recessed.* en entredicho = under challenge.* en episodios = episodic.* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.* en época de feria = carnivalistically.* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.* en épocas de = in times of.* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.* en escamas = flaky.* en ese caso = in that case.* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.* en esencia = in essence, essentially.* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.* en esos casos = in those cases.* en espacios cerrados = indoors.* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).* en especie = in kind.* en espera = on hold.* en espiga = herringbone.* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.* en estado de alerta = on alert.* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.* en estado de descomposición = decaying.* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.* en estado de reserva = on standby.* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.* en esta época del año = around this time of year.* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.* en esta situación = at this juncture.* en este caso = in this case.* en este contexto = against this background.* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.* en este extremo = to this extent.* en este grado = to this extent.* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en estos días = today, these days.* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.* en estuche = boxed.* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.* en exclusiva = exclusively.* en existencia = in existence.* en expansión = expanded.* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.* en extensión = in length.* en extenso = at length, in full.* en extremo = no end, to no end.* en fase terminal = terminally ill.* en favor de = in favour of.* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.* en forma de A = A-shaped.* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.* en forma de capa = cape-like.* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.* en forma de D = d-shaped.* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].* en forma de L = L-shaped.* en forma de libro = in book form.* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.* en forma de parásito = parasitically.* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.* en forma de U = U-shaped.* en forma de V = V-shaped.* en forma física = physically fit.* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.* en formato digital = digitally.* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.* en formato MARC = in MARC form.* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.* en frente = ahead, in front.* en frente de = in front of.* en funcionamiento = in operation.* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.* en germinación = budding.* en gestación = in the making.* en grado mínimo = minimally.* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.* en grandes números = in record numbers.* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.* en gran número = numerously.* en gran parte* * *1) ( en expresiones de lugar)a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio)viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel — they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotel
viven en la calle Goya — they live on o (BrE) in Goya Street
nos quedamos en casa — we stayed home (AmE), we stayed at home (BrE)
b) ( dentro de) inc) ( sobre) on2) (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) in3)a) (indicando tema, especialidad, cualidad)b) (indicando proporción, precio)lo vendió en $30 — he sold it for $30
las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 — the losses were calculated at $50,000
4)a) (indicando estado, manera) inen buenas/malas condiciones — in good/bad condition
en llamas — in flames, on fire
b) ( en forma de)colóquense en círculo — get into o in a circle
c) ( en el papel de) asd) ( con medios de transporte) byir en taxi/barco — to go by taxi/by boat
fueron en bicicleta — they cycled, they went on their bikes
5)a) ( expresando el material)¿lo tienen en azul? — do you have it in blue?
en la mañana/tarde/noche — (esp AmL) in the morning/afternoon/at night
7)a) ( con construcciones verbales) inb) ( con complementos de persona) in* * *= in, onto, into, at, throughout.Ex: The first institute, 'The Catalog: Its Nature and Prospects,' was held in New York City on October 9 and 10, 1975.
Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.Ex: The application of a classification scheme to a set of documents should result in the ordering or arranging of that set of documents into groups or classes according to their subject content.Ex: He also resolved to talk with Cleo Passantino, a young librarian who had been at the library for three years and with whom he had had little contact.Ex: Throughout this chapter the term 'document' is used to refer to any item which might be found in a library or information center or data base.* en absoluto = at all, in the slightest, whatsoever, not at all, in any shape or form.* en abstracto = abstractly.* en abundancia = in plenty, liberally, in abundance, exuberantly, in profusion, aplenty [a-plenty], prodigiously, plentifully.* en activo = practising [practicing, -USA].* en adelante = forward [forwards].* en agradecimiento por = appreciative of.* en alerta roja = on red alert.* en alguna ocasión = on any one occasion.* en alguna parte = someplace.* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.* en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.* en algún momento = somewhere along the line, sometime, at sometime, at some point, at some point in time, at one time or another.* en algunos casos = in some cases.* en algunos grupos = in some quarters.* en algunos grupos de la población = in some quarters.* en algunos sectores = in some quarters.* en algunos sectores de la población = in some quarters.* en algunos sentidos = in some respects.* en algunos sitios = in places.* en alquiler = rented.* en alta mar = on the open sea, offshore, on the high seas.* en alza = on the upswing.* en ambas direcciones = two-way.* en ambos casos = in either case, in either instance.* en ángulo = angled.* en ángulo recto = at right angles.* en antaño = in olden times, in olden days.* en antelación = anticipatory.* en anticipación = anticipatory.* en años anteriores = in prior years, in years past, in past years.* en apariencia = apparently, looking, seemingly, on the face of it, on the surface, ostensibly.* en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en apoyo a = in support of.* en apuros = hard-pressed, beleaguered, in deep trouble, in difficulties, if it comes to the crunch, when push comes to shove, when it comes to the crunch, when the worst comes to the worst, if the worst comes to the worst, in deep water, in hot water, in dire straits.* en aquel entonces = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time, in the course of events, during the course of events, back then, in those days.* en aquella época = at the time, at that time, in those days.* en aquellas ocasiones cuando = on occasions when.* en aquellos casos = in those cases.* en aquellos casos en los que = in those cases where.* en aquellos tiempos = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, in those days.* en aquel momento = at the time, the then + Nombre, by this time, at that time.* en aras a = in the name of.* en aras de = in the interest(s) of.* en armonía = harmoniously, in harmony.* en armonía con = in harmony with, in harness with, in keeping with, in tune with, in sync with.* en ascuas = on tenterhooks.* en auge = in ascendancy, buoyant, booming, on the rise, at high tide.* en aumento = burgeoning, growing, increasing, mounting, rising, on the rise, heightening.* en aumento gradual = gradually quickening.* en Babia = absent-minded.* en balde = in vain, vainly, to no avail, of no avail.* en bandada = in full force.* en bandadas = in droves.* en base a = in terms of, on the grounds that/of, on the basis of.* en beneficio de = for the benefit of, to the benefit of.* en beneficio propio = to + Posesivo + advantage.* en bisel = angled.* en blanco = blankly, blank.* en blanco y negro = b&w (black and white).* en bloque = en bloc.* en boga = in vogue, in fashion, voguish.* en bolas = stark naked, in the nod, in the buff.* en breve = shortly, the long and (the) short of, soon [sooner -comp., soonest -sup.].* en broma = teasingly.* en buena compañía = in good company.* en buena condición = in good condition, in good shape, in good nick.* en buena forma = in good nick.* en buena parte = for the most part.* en buenas condiciones para navegar = seaworthy.* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.* en buen estado = in good condition, in good working condition, in good shape, in good nick.* en buen estado de funcionamiento = in good working condition.* en busca de quimeras = in pursuit of + windmills.* en búsqueda de = a quest for.* en cada fase = at each stage.* en caída = flowing.* en caja = boxed.* en caliente = in the heat of the moment, on the spur of the moment.* en cama = abed.* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.* en camino = on the way.* en cantidad = bulk.* en + Cantidad + años = in + Cantidad + years' time.* en capilla = on tenterhooks, in suspense.* en carnavales = carnivalistically.* en carne y hueso = in the flesh.* en casa = in the home.* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* en caso de darse circunstancias ajenas a + Posesivo + control = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en caso de emergencia = in an emergency, in an emergency situation.* en caso de fuerza mayor = in the event of circumstances beyond + Posesivo + control.* en CD-ROM = CD-ROM-based.* en chirona = behind bars.* en ciernes = developing, budding, in the making.* en cierta medida = to some extent, to a certain extent, to some degree.* en ciertas circunstancias = in certain circumstances.* en ciertas ocasiones = at certain times.* en cierto grado = something of.* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.* en ciertos casos = in certain cases.* en cierto sentido = in several respects, to some extent, in a sense, in some respects, to some degree.* en circuito cerrado = looped.* en círcuitos de segunda categoría = in the provinces.* en circuitos de segundo orden = in the provinces.* en circumstancias difíciles = under difficult circumstances.* en circunstancias misteriosas = in mysterious circumstances.* en circunstancias normales = in the course of events, during the course of events, under normal circumstances.* en circusntancias normales = in the normal run of things.* en coche = drive.* en colaboración = collaborative, cooperative [co-operative], jointly, participatory, in concert, in consort, collaboratively, synergistic, synergistically, in tandem, in a tandem fashion, in partnership.* en colaboración con = in concert with, in consultation with, in collaboration with, in alliance with, in conjunction with, in partnership with.* en colaboración con, junto con, de manera conjunta con = in partnership with.* en color = coloured [colored, -USA], full-colour.* en columnas = columnar.* en colusión con = in collusion with, in complicity with, in connivance with.* en coma = comatose.* en combinación con = in parallel to/with, in combination with.* en comisión de servicios = seconded.* en comparación = by comparison.* en comparación con = against, as compared to, set against, in comparison with, in comparison to.* en compensación = compensatory.* en complicidad con = in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in complicity with, in collusion with, in connivance with.* en común con = in common with.* en conciencia = in good conscience.* en conclusión = in conclusion.* en concordancia con = in accordance with, in accord with.* en concreto = in particular, to be specific.* en condiciones = decent.* en condiciones de = in the position to.* en condiciones de igualdad = on an equal footing, on equal terms, on an equal basis.* en condiciones difíciles = under difficult conditions.* en conexión con = in respect of.* en confidencia = in confidence.* en conflicto (con) = in conflict (with).* en conformidad con = in conformity with, in keeping with.* en conjunción con = in conjunction with, in tandem with.* en conjunto = altogether, on balance, bulk, all in all, overall, overall.* en conmemoración de = in celebration of, commemorative.* en connivencia = colluding.* en connivencia con = in collusion with, in cahoots (with), in complicity with, in connivance with.* en consecuencia = accordingly, consequently, hence, in consequence, as a consequence (of), it follows that, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.* en consecuencia lógica = by implication.* en consideración = under consideration.* en consideración a = for the sake of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.* en consonacia con = in line with.* en consonancia con = in concert with, in keeping with, in step with, in tune with, in consonance with.* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.* en constante expansión = ever-expanding, ever-growing.* en constante movimiento = on the move, on the go.* en construcción = under development, under construction.* en contacto = in communication.* en contacto con la realidad = in touch with + reality.* en contadas ocasiones = rarely, seldom, on rare occasions.* en contenedor = containerised [containerized, -USA].* en continua expansión = expanding.* en continuo aumento = ever-increasing.* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.* en contra = counterpoint, against.* en contra de la guerra = antiwar [anti-war].* en contra de la opinión general = contrary to popular belief.* en contra de la raza blanca = anti-white [antiwhite].* en contra de la raza negra = antiblack [anti-black].* en contra de las circunstancias = against circumstances.* en contra de las instituciones = anti-establishment.* en contra del gobierno = anti-government.* en contraposición a = as opposed to, in contrast (to/with), in contradistinction to.* en contraste con = in contrast (to/with).* en contravención de = in contravention of.* en contubernio (con) = in cahoots (with).* en cooperación = cooperative [co-operative].* en cooperación con = in cooperation with.* en cooperativa = cooperatively [co-operatively].* en costras = caked.* en crisis = depressed, crisis-ridden, on the rocks.* en cuadernillo = in booklet form.* en cualquier caso = for that matter, in any event, in any case, in either case.* en cualquier domingo = on any given Sunday.* en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.* en cualquier momento = anytime, at any one time, at any point, at any point in time, at any time, at any moment, at any given point, at any moment in time, at any given moment, momentarily, on any given Sunday.* en cualquier momento en el futuro = at some stage.* en cualquier orden = either way round.* en cualquier otra circunstancia = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier otra situación = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else, everywhere else.* en cualquier otro momento = some other time.* en cualquier otro sitio = anywhere else.* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.* en cualquier sitio = everywhere, anywhere.* en cualquier situación = in any given situation.* en + Cuantificador + aspectos = in + Cuantificador + respects.* en + Cuantificador + sentidos = in + Cuantificador + respects.* en cuanto a = as to, in extent of, in regard to, in terms of, in the way of, with regard(s) to, as for, as regards, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to, moving on to.* en cuanto a él = as for him.* en cuanto a ella = as for her.* en cuanto a ellos = as for them.* en cuanto a los hechos = factually.* en cuanto a mí = as for me.* en cuanto a nosotros = as for us.* en cuanto a ti = as for you.* en cuanto a usted = as for you.* en cuanto a vosotros = as for you.* en cuanto + nacer = at birth.* en cuanto que = in that.* en cuarto lugar = fourthly.* en cuatro niveles = quadraplaner.* en cuclicllas = in a squatting position.* en cuclillas = squat, in a squat position, in a crouching position.* en cueros = in the buff, in the nod, stark naked.* en cuestión = at hand, concerned, in hand, individual, at issue, of concern.* en cuestión de minutos = within minutes, in a matter of minutes.* en cuestión de segundos = within seconds, in a matter of seconds.* en cuestión de + Tiempo = in a matter of + Tiempo, within a matter of + Tiempo.* en cuestiones de = in matters of.* en cumplimiento con = in line with, in compliance with.* en cursiva = in italic type.* en curso = in process, underway [under way], in progress, ongoing [on-going], afoot, current, under preparation.* en curso de = in course of.* en cuyo caso = in which case.* en danza = on the run.* en decadencia = bankrupt.* en defensa propia = in self-defence.* en definitiva = in all, all in all, in the last analysis, in the final analysis, all things considered.* en definitiva, bien mirado, bien considerado = all things considered.* en demanda = in-demand.* en demasía = excess, to excess, excessively.* en desacuerdo = disapproving, at odds.* en desacuerdo con = at odds with.* en desarmonía con = out of tune with, out of keeping with.* en desarrollo = evolving, under development.* en descomposición = decaying, putrefying.* en desesperación = despairing, in despair.* en desuso = obsolete, disused.* en detalle = at length.* en deterioro = deteriorating, crumbling, decaying, dilapidated, disintegrating.* en determinadas ocasiones = sometimes, on particular occasions.* en detrimento de = to the detriment of, to + Posesivo + detriment, to the neglect of.* en diagonal = herringbone.* en días alternos = every other day.* en diferente grado = differing, in varying measures.* en diferente medida = differing, in varying measures.* en diferentes momentos = at various times, at different times.* en diferentes ocasiones = at different times, at various times.* en dificultades = stranded.* en dinero = monetised [monetized, -pl.].* en dirección de la proa = abaft.* en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.* en dirección norte = northbound.* en dirección oeste = westbound, westward(s).* en dirección sur = southward(s), southbound.* en disco = ondisc.* en disminución = dwindling, on the wane.* en + Distancia + a la redonda = within + Distancia.* en distinta medida = differing, in varying measures.* en distintas ocasiones = at different times, at various times, on several occasions.* en distinto grado = in varying measures, differing, to varying degrees.* en distintos formatos = multiform.* en distintos momentos = at different times, at various times.* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.* en diversas ocasiones = on several occasions.* en diverso grado = to varying extents, to varying degrees.* en diversos formatos = multiform.* en donde = where, wherein.* en dos años = over a two-year period.* en dos lenguas = bilingually.* en dos niveles = split-level.* en dos palabras = in a nutshell, in a nutshell.* en dos volúmenes = two-volume.* en duda = in doubt.* en edad de trabajar = working-age.* en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.* en ejercicio = incumbent, practising [practicing, -USA].* en el abandono = in the wilderness.* en el acto = ipso facto, outright, on the spot, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], at the drop of a hat.* en el aire = in mid-air, airborne.* en el ámbito de = in the realm of.* en el año catapún = in the dim and distant past.* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.* en el año entrante = in the coming year.* en el año próximo = in the coming year.* en el año venidero = in the coming year.* en el área de + Lugar = Lugar + area.* en el asiento de atrás = in the back seat.* en el asiento trasero = in the back seat.* en el aula de clase = classroom-based.* en el banquillo = on the bench.* en el blanco de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.* en el camino = along the way, en route, in the process.* en el campo de = in the realm of, in the field of.* en el campus universitario = campus-based.* en el candelero = in the spotlight.* en el cargo = in the saddle, in office.* en el caso de = for, in association with, in the case of, in the event of, in case of, in the context of.* en (el) caso de que = in the event that, should, in case.* en el caso poco probable de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el centro de = at the heart of.* en el cine = at the movies.* en el clima actual de = in the present climate of.* en el contexto de = in the realm of.* en el culo = in the bottom.* en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.* en el curso de la historia = in the course of history.* en el curso normal de = in the mainstream of.* en el curso normal de las cosas = in the normal run of things, in the normal run of events.* en el curso normal de las cosas, en el curso normal de los acontecimientos, = in the normal run of things.* en el curso normal de los acontecimientos = in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.* en el desierto = in the wilderness.* en el detalle = in detail.* en el día a día = in the day to day, in the trenches.* en el dique seco = in dry dock, in the wilderness.* en el eje = at the core (of).* en el entorno de = in the realm of.* en el escenario = on stage.* en el escenario mundial = on the world stage.* en el espacio = spatially.* en el estricto sentido de la palabra = strictly speaking.* en el estudio = at study, at study.* en el extranjero = abroad, overseas, offshore.* en el extremo opuesto = at the far end.* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, over the weekend, at the weekend.* en el foco de atención = in the spotlight.* en el fondo = at heart, deep down, in the back of + Posesivo + mind, in the back of + Posesivo + head, at the back of + Posesivo + head, bottom line, the, in the bottom.* en el fondo de = at the root of.* en el futuro = Número + Tiempo + ahead, down the road, in future, in time(s) to come, at + future date, in (the) years to come, at some future time, in the years to come, in the years ahead, in years to come, at some future point, in the future, for future reference, for the years to come.* en el futuro a largo plazo = in the long-term future.* en el futuro cercano = in the foreseeable future.* en el futuro inmediato = in the offing, in the foreseeable future.* en el futuro lejano = further in the future.* en el haber de Uno = under + Posesivo + belt.* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.* en el horizonte = on the horizon.* en el hospital = at the bedside.* en el improbable caso de que = in the unlikely case (that).* en el instante en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.* en el ínterin = in the interim, in the intervening years, in the intervening period, ad interim.* en el juego = at play.* en el lado negativo = on the debit side, on the negative side, on the downside.* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.* en ello = therein, thereupon [thereon].* en el lugar del accidente = at the scene, at the scene of the accident.* en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.* en el mandato = in office.* en el mando = at the wheel.* en el mar = at sea.* en el marco de = within the ambit of, within the bounds of.* en el más allá = dead and gone.* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.* en el mejor de los casos = at best, at most, ideally, in the best of circumstances, the best case scenario, at the most, at the best of times, at the very best.* en el mejor momento de Uno = at + Posesivo + (very) best.* en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).* en el mismo número de años = in as many years.* en el mismo orden que = in sync with.* en el momento = on the spot.* en el momento actual = in this day and age, at the present time.* en el momento adecuado = at the right time.* en el momento de = at the time (that/of).* en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.* en el momento de la impresión = at the time of going to print.* en el momento en que se necesita = at the point-of-need, at the point of use, point of use.* en el momento en que + Subjuntivo = the moment + Verbo.* en el momento justo = on cue.* en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.* en el momento oportuno = at the right time, not a moment too soon, not a minute too soon.* en el momento peor de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.* en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.* en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.* en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.* en el mundo que nos rodea = out there.* en el nivel básico = at grass roots level.* en el nivel intermedio de = in the middle range of.* en el nivel medio de = in the middle range of.* en el norte del estado = upstate.* en el núcleo = at the core (of).* en el ocaso = over the hill.* en el ojo del huracán = in the eye of the storm, in the eye of the hurricane.* en el orden del día = on the agenda.* en el origen (de) = in the early days (of).* en el otro extremo = at the other extreme.* en el otro extremo de la escala = at the other end of the scale, at the other end of the spectrum, at the other extreme.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = in the land of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the country of the blind, the one-eyed man is king, in the kingdom of the blind, the one-eyed man is king.* en el país de los ciegos el tuerto es el rey = be a case of the blind leading the blind.* en el pasado = in the past, in past eras, at some point in the past, in years gone by, in days gone by, in former times.* en el pasado remoto = in the dim and distant past.* en el peor de los casos = at worst, in the worst of circumstances, at + Posesivo + very worst, the worst case scenario, at + Posesivo + worst, in the worst case.* en el período penoso de = in the throes of.* en el período previo a = in the run up to, during the run up to.* en el piso de abajo = downstairs.* en el piso de arriba = upstairs.* en el poder = in office.* en el primer caso = in the former case.* en el proceso = in the process.* en el propio campus universitario = campus-based.* en el propio cortijo = on-farm.* en el próximo año = in the year ahead, in the coming year.* en el puesto de dirección = in the hot seat.* en el punto álgido de = at the height of.* en el punto de mira = in the spotlight, in the crosshairs.* en el que = wherein.* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.* en el quinto coño = in the arse of nowhere.* en el quinto pino = in the arse of nowhere.* en el quirófano = under the knife.* en el resto = everywhere else.* en el resto de = elsewhere.* en el seguimiento de = in the pursuit of.* en el segundo caso = in the latter case.* en el seno de = within, among.* en el sentido de las agujas del reloj = clockwise.* en el sentido de que = in the sense that, along the lines that, in that.* en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.* en el sentido más general = in the broadest sense.* en el sentido que = in which.* en el timón = in the saddle.* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.* en el transcurso de = throughout the course of, throughout the course of, in the course of, during the course of, over the course of, throughout.* en el transcurso de algunos años = over a period of years.* en el transcurso de la historia = in the course of history.* en el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.* en el transcurso normal de + Posesivo + vida(s) = in the normal course of + Posesivo + life/lives.* en el trasfondo de = at the root of.* en el último caso = in the latter case.* en el último minuto = last minute [last-minute], at the last minute.* en el último momento = at the eleventh hour, at the very last minute, at the very last moment, at the very last, at the last minute.* en el umbral de = on the threshold of.* en el vuelo = in-flight.* en entrante = recessed.* en entredicho = under challenge.* en episodios = episodic.* en época de carnaval = carnivalistically.* en época de feria = carnivalistically.* en época de paz = in peacetime, during peacetime.* en épocas anteriores = in former times, in past eras.* en épocas de = in times of.* en épocas de guerra = in time(s) of war.* en épocas de paz = in time(s) of peace.* en épocas de prosperidad económica = in affluent times.* en épocas difíciles = in times of need.* en épocas pasadas = in past ages.* en escamas = flaky.* en ese caso = in that case.* en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.* en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.* en ese momento = at that point, at this point, at that time, just then, at that point in time.* en esencia = in essence, essentially.* en ese sentido = on that score, to that effect.* en esos casos = in those cases.* en espacios cerrados = indoors.* en especial = especially (specially), notably, specially (especially).* en especie = in kind.* en espera = on hold.* en espiga = herringbone.* en esta coyuntura = at this juncture.* en estado = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de abandono = decaying, dilapidated, dilapidated.* en estado de alerta = on alert.* en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.* en estado de buena esperanza = pregnant, in the family way.* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.* en estado de descomposición = decaying.* en estado de deterioro = decaying, dilapidated.* en estado de reserva = on standby.* en estado de reserva, en estado de alerta, de guardia = on standby.* en estado de sitio = in a state of siege, under siege.* en estado embrionario = embryo, embryonic, in embryonic stage, in embryo, in the embryo stage.* en esta época del año = around this time of year.* en esta ocasión = on this occasion.* en estas circunstancias = under these circumstances.* en esta situación = at this juncture.* en este caso = in this case.* en este contexto = against this background.* en este documento = herein, herewith, hereto.* en este extremo = to this extent.* en este grado = to this extent.* en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.* en este momento = at this point, at this stage, at this juncture, at this time, at this moment in time, right now.* en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.* en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effect.* en estos casos = in these cases.* en estos días = today, these days.* en estos tiempos = in these times, in this day and age.* en estrecha colaboración = in close collaboration.* en estrecha colaboración con = hand-in-glove with.* en estuche = boxed.* en excelente estado = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.* en excelentes condiciones = in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.* en exceso = overflow, overflowing, excessively, excess, to excess.* en exclusiva = exclusively.* en existencia = in existence.* en expansión = expanded.* en exposición = on exhibit, on show, on display.* en + Expresión Temporal = as of + Expresión Temporal, come + Expresión Temporal.* en extensión = in length.* en extenso = at length, in full.* en extremo = no end, to no end.* en fase terminal = terminally ill.* en favor de = in favour of.* en flor = in full blossom, in blossom.* en forma = fit [fitter -comp., fittest -sup.], toned.* en forma de = in the form of, in the shape of.* en forma de A = A-shaped.* en forma de arco = arched, bowed.* en forma de capa = cape-like.* en forma de cruz = cross-shaped.* en forma de cuadrado = square-shaped.* en forma de cuña = wedge-shaped.* en forma de cúpula = dome-shaped, domed.* en forma de D = d-shaped.* en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].* en forma de L = L-shaped.* en forma de libro = in book form.* en forma de medialuna = crescent-shaped.* en forma de parásito = parasitically.* en forma de pera = pear-shaped.* en forma de pirámide = pyramidal-shaped.* en forma de trompeta = trumpet-shaped.* en forma de U = U-shaped.* en forma de V = V-shaped.* en forma física = physically fit.* en forma física y mental = physically and mentally fit.* en forma ovalada = oval-shaped.* en forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.* en formato de libro moderno = in codex form.* en formato digital = digitally.* en formato electrónico = in electronic form.* en formato MARC = in MARC form.* en formato papel = paper-based, in hard copy.* en frente = ahead, in front.* en frente de = in front of.* en funcionamiento = in operation.* en función de = according to, as a function of, depending on/upon.* en general = at large, by and large, for the most part, generally, in general, in the main, on balance, on the whole, overall, all in all, broadly, as a whole, generally speaking.* en germinación = budding.* en gestación = in the making.* en grado mínimo = minimally.* en gran cantidad = prodigiously.* en grandes cantidades = en masse, in good number, in record numbers, in bulk.* en grandes números = in record numbers.* en gran formato = oversize, oversized.* en gran medida = broadly, by and large, extensively, greatly, heavily, largely, to a considerable extent, to a high degree, to a large extent, tremendously, vastly, very much, keenly, in no small way, to any great degree, in many ways, in large part, in large measure, in no small measure, to a great extent, to a large degree, to a great degree.* en gran número = numerously.* en gran parte* * *en1(refiriéndose a una ciudad, un edificio): viven en París/en una granja/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/on a farm/at number ten/in a hotelviven en la calle Goya they live on o ( BrE) in Goya Street2 (dentro de) inmétete en la cama get into bedlo puso en una caja he put it in a boxmetió la mano en el conducto she stuck her hand into ( o down etc) the pipe3 (sobre) onlo puso en la mesa/pared he put it on the table/wallse sentó en una silla/en un sillón she sat down on a chair/in an armchairtendrás que dormir en el suelo you'll have to sleep on the floorse le nota en la cara you can see it in his faceB1 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente, medio) invivir en armonía con la naturaleza to live in harmony with nature2de … en …: van de casa en casa/de puerta en puerta pidiendo dinero they go from house to house/from door to door asking for moneynos tienes de sorpresa en sorpresa you're full of surprisesC1 ‹un tema/una especialidad/una cualidad›es licenciado en filosofía he has a degree in philosophyes un experto en la materia he's an expert on the subjectes muy bueno en historia he's very good at historysupera a su hermana en inteligencia she surpasses her sister in intelligence2 ‹una proporción/un precio›ha aumentado en un diez por ciento it has gone up by ten per centme lo vendió en $30 he sold it to me for $30las pérdidas se calcularon en $50.000 the losses were calculated at $50,000D1 ‹un estado/una manera› inen buenas/malas condiciones in good/bad conditionun edificio en llamas a building in flames o on firenos recibió en camisón he received us in his nightshirtcon los músculos en tensión with (his) muscles tenseden posición vertical in an upright position2(con forma de): termina en punta it's pointed, it ends in o comes to a pointcolóquense en círculo get into o in a circle3 (en el papel de) asLuis Girón en el Alcalde Luis Girón as the Mayorpensamos ir en taxi/en coche/en barco we plan to go by taxi/by car/by boat¿fueron en tren? — no, en avión did you go by train? — no, by plane o no, we flewfueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikesfuimos a dar una vuelta en coche we went for a drive o we went for a ride in the carE1(expresando el material): un modelo realizado en seda natural an outfit in natural silkcapa para la lluvia en plástico plastic raincape¿lo tienen en azul/(un) 38? do you have it in blue/a 38?una obra en tres actos a play in three acts¿cuánto pesas en kilos? how much do you weigh in kilos?en ruso/en el código Morse in Russian/in Morse CodeF(en expresiones de tiempo): en verano in (the) summeren mayo/1947 in May/1947en varias ocasiones on several occasionsllegó justo en ese momento she arrived just at that moment, just then she arriveden la mañana/tarde ( esp AmL); in the morning/afternoonen la noche ( esp AmL); at nightno vi a nadie en todo el día I didn't see anybody all dayGno hay nada de malo en lo que hacen there's nothing wrong in what they're doingen + INF:tardó media hora en resolverlo it took her half an hour to work it outsiempre es el último en salir he's always the last to leave2(con complementos de persona): en él ha encontrado un amigo she's found a friend in himproblemas que se dan en las personas de edad problems which affect old people* * *
Multiple Entries:
en
en.
en preposición
1 ( en expresiones de lugar)a) (refiriéndose a ciudad, edificio):◊ viven en París/en el número diez/en un hotel they live in Paris/at number ten/in a hotel;
en el último piso on the top floor;
está en la calle Goya it's on o (BrE) in Goya Street;
en casa at home
se le nota en la cara you can see it in his face
2 (expresando circunstancias, ambiente) in;
3a) (indicando tema, especialidad):
doctor en derecho Doctor of Lawb) (indicando proporción, precio):
en dólares in dollars
4a) (indicando estado, manera) in;
en llamas in flames, on fireb) ( en forma de):
colóquense en círculo get into o in a circle
fueron en bicicleta they cycled, they went on their bikes;
dimos una vuelta en coche we went for a ride in the car
5a) ( indicando el material):
una escultura en bronce a bronze (sculpture)
◊ en azul/ruso in blue/Russian
6 ( con expresiones de tiempo):
en varias ocasiones on several occasions;
en la mañana/noche (esp AmL) in the morning/at night
7
fuí el último en salir I was the last to leave
en preposición
1 (lugar) in, on, at: nos encontramos en el autobús, we met on the bus
en Barcelona/Río, in Barcelona/Rio
en el cajón, in the drawer
en casa/el trabajo, at home/work
(sobre) en la mesa, on the table
2 (tiempo) in, on, at: cae en lunes, it falls on a Monday
en 1975, in 1975
en ese preciso instante, at that very moment
en un minuto, in a minute
en primavera, in spring
LAm en la mañana, in the morning
3 (modo) en bata, in a dressing gown
en francés, in French
en serio, seriously
4 (medio) by, in: puede venir en avión/ coche/metro/tren, she can come by air/car/tube/train
¿por qué no vienes en avión?, why don't you fly?
5 (movimiento) into: entró en la habitación, he went into the room
entró en escena, he went on stage
6 (tema, materia) at, in
es muy bueno en matemáticas, he's very good at maths
experto en finanzas, expert in finances
7 (partición, fases) in: hicimos el viaje en dos etapas, we did the journey in two stages
8 (de... en...) entraremos de tres en tres, we shall go in three by three
9 (con infinitivo) fue rápido en desenfundar, he was quick to pull out
se le nota la timidez en el hablar, you can notice his shyness by the way he speaks
'en' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abarrotada
- abarrotado
- abasto
- abatimiento
- abdicar
- abierta
- abierto
- abogar
- abogada
- abogado
- abominar
- abonada
- abonado
- abordar
- abrir
- abreviar
- absoluta
- absoluto
- absorta
- absorto
- abstracta
- abstracto
- abstraída
- abstraído
- abuela
- abundar
- abundancia
- abundante
- abusar
- acabar
- academia
- acariciar
- acceder
- acentuar
- achantarse
- achatamiento
- achuchar
- acoger
- acomodar
- acompañar
- aconsejar
- acontecer
- acordar
- acordarse
- acostada
- acostado
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
English:
A
- aback
- abdicate
- abide
- ablaze
- able
- above
- above-board
- abreast
- abroad
- abscess
- absence
- absent
- absolutely
- absorbed
- abstract
- abundant
- academic
- academy
- accent
- access
- account
- accustom
- acknowledgement
- acquiesce
- acquire
- act
- acting
- action
- active
- actually
- add
- add in
- addition
- adept
- adequate
- administration
- admission
- admit
- advance
- advantage
- adventure
- advertise
- advertising
- affair
- affect
- afford
- afloat
- afraid
- after
* * *EN nm (abrev de Encuentro Nacional)= Paraguayan political party* * *enprp1 ( dentro de) in;en un mes in a month;en junio in June;en casa at home;en el cielo in heaven2 ( sobre) on;en la mesa on the table;en la calle on the street, Br tb in the street:en coche/tren by car/train4:en inglés in English;póngamelo en la cuenta put it on my account;aumentar en un 10 % grow (by) 10%, increase (by) 10%* * *en prep1) : inen el bolsillo: in one's pocketen una semana: in a week2) : onen la mesa: on the table3) : aten casa: at homeen el trabajo: at worken ese momento: at that moment* * *en prep1. (en general) in¿en qué calle vives? which street do you live in?2. (edificios, fiestas específicas) at3. (superficies, días concretos) on4. (medio de transporte) by -
18 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
19 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
20 defender
v.1 to defend.defender los intereses de alguien to defend somebody's interestsdefendió su teoría con sólidos argumentos he supported his theory with sound argumentsElsa defiende su posición Elsa defends her position.Elsa defiende los derechos humanos Elsa defends human rights.2 to protect (proteger) (del frío, calor).* * *1 (gen) to defend (contra/de, against)2 (mantener una opinión, afirmación) to defend, uphold; (respaldar a alguien) to stand up for, support3 (proteger) to protect (contra/de, against/from)1 (espabilarse) to manage, get by, get along■ ¿qué tal se defiende en inglés? how does she get by in English?, what's her English like?\defender una causa DERECHO to argue a case* * *verb* * *1.VT (Mil) [+ país, territorio, intereses] to defend; [+ causa, ideas] to defend, champion; (Jur) to defendel Real Madrid defiende el título de campeón — Real Madrid are defending the championship title, Real Madrid are the defending champions
defiendo la tesis doctoral el mes que viene — I'm having a viva on o (EEUU) I'm defending my doctoral thesis next month
2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivosiempre defiende a su hermana — he always defends o stands up for his sister
defender a alguien de algo/alguien — to defend somebody against something/somebody
b) < intereses> to protect, defend; <derechos/título> to defendc) (Der) to defendd) <idea/teoría/opinión> to defend, uphold; <causa/ideal> to champion, defend2.defender la tesis — ≈to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)
defenderse v prona) (refl) ( contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; (Der) to defend oneselfdefenderse de algo/alguien — to defend oneself against something/somebody
b) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get by (colloq)* * *= advocate, argue, argue + in favour of, be + Posesivo + contention, contend, defend, espouse, maintain, make + apology, make + a case for, plead for, put + the case for, uphold, crusade for, preach, preach, champion, speak up for, speak up for, articulate + the case for, present + case for, mount + defence, strike + a blow for, raise + the flag of, come down in + favour of, stick up for, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, stand for.Ex. In order to understand the citation order that PRECIS indexing advocates it is necessary to examine the function of the operators more closely.Ex. Cutter argued that when it could be established that the second term was definitely more significant then inversion of headings was acceptable.Ex. Despite the present financial straits of developing countries, she argues in favour of long-term plan for the acquisition of relevant rare book material.Ex. It is our contention that an understanding of such basic principles is fundamental to an appreciation of the many and varied contexts that the individual is likely to encounter.Ex. The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.Ex. A respondent is a candidate for a degree who, in an academic disputation, defends or opposes a thesis proposed by the praeses (q.v.); also called the defendant.Ex. Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.Ex. They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.Ex. My perspective, for which I make no apology, is that of someone who works daily with the nitty-gritty of cataloging, as many of you do.Ex. This point-by-point evaluation makes a fairly convincing case for the public access online catalogue.Ex. I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.Ex. A more moderate approach is found in the writings of Olding, who puts the case for multiple entry very concisely in a short pamphlet.Ex. It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.Ex. There are also dedicated individuals within government who have found a niche from which to crusade for school libraries.Ex. A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.Ex. A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.Ex. In particular he championed free photoduplication of library materials as a natural extension of library services to patrons at a distance.Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.Ex. Moreover, in addition to quantitative measures, qualitative indicators of benefits should be considered so as to present a complete picture when articulating the case for a library's total positive impact.Ex. An MP, a barrister, and a financial consultant present the case for charging Value Added Tax (VAT) on books.Ex. The author mounts a spirited defence of the National Library of Australia future collecting priorities.Ex. In an effort to save US culture, strike a blow for reading, and correct well intentioned but misguided notions about the Internet making libraries obsolete, offers ten reasons why the Internet is no substitute for a library..Ex. The Augustinian order kept his theological tradition, and raised the flag of the Augustinian thought before and after the German reformer.Ex. The author comes down in favour of adding notes to cataloguing records on the grounds that the educational purpose that they are intended to serve is clear.Ex. He states that he has always admired Woody Allen, explaining that when he first saw his films he was happy to see that someone was sticking up for the little guy.Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.Ex. The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.Ex. I will stand for your rights as my forefathers did before me!.----* defender a = put + a word in for.* defender a Alguien = stand up for.* defender Algo = argue + Posesivo + corner.* defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.* defender el honor de Uno = defend + Posesivo + honour.* defender enérgicamente = be vociferous about/in.* defender la causa de = further + the cause of.* defender la necesidad = articulate + the need.* defender la necesidad de = support + the case for.* defender lo indenfensible = defend + the indefensible.* defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.* defender los intereses = defend + interests, lobby for + interests.* defender los intereses de = go to + bat for, bat for.* defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.* defender + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + causa = advance + Posesivo + cause.* defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + postura = argue + Posesivo + case.* defenderse = bite back, stand up, strike back, fight back, fight for + Posesivo + life.* defenderse de ataques = ward off + attacks.* defenderse por uno mismo = fend for + Reflexivo.* defender una causa = promote + cause, support + cause, champion + cause.* defender una idea = champion + idea.* defender un argumento = support + view.* defender un opinión = support + view.* saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.* * *1.verbo transitivosiempre defiende a su hermana — he always defends o stands up for his sister
defender a alguien de algo/alguien — to defend somebody against something/somebody
b) < intereses> to protect, defend; <derechos/título> to defendc) (Der) to defendd) <idea/teoría/opinión> to defend, uphold; <causa/ideal> to champion, defend2.defender la tesis — ≈to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)
defenderse v prona) (refl) ( contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; (Der) to defend oneselfdefenderse de algo/alguien — to defend oneself against something/somebody
b) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get by (colloq)* * *= advocate, argue, argue + in favour of, be + Posesivo + contention, contend, defend, espouse, maintain, make + apology, make + a case for, plead for, put + the case for, uphold, crusade for, preach, preach, champion, speak up for, speak up for, articulate + the case for, present + case for, mount + defence, strike + a blow for, raise + the flag of, come down in + favour of, stick up for, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, stand for.Ex: In order to understand the citation order that PRECIS indexing advocates it is necessary to examine the function of the operators more closely.
Ex: Cutter argued that when it could be established that the second term was definitely more significant then inversion of headings was acceptable.Ex: Despite the present financial straits of developing countries, she argues in favour of long-term plan for the acquisition of relevant rare book material.Ex: It is our contention that an understanding of such basic principles is fundamental to an appreciation of the many and varied contexts that the individual is likely to encounter.Ex: The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.Ex: A respondent is a candidate for a degree who, in an academic disputation, defends or opposes a thesis proposed by the praeses (q.v.); also called the defendant.Ex: Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.Ex: They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.Ex: My perspective, for which I make no apology, is that of someone who works daily with the nitty-gritty of cataloging, as many of you do.Ex: This point-by-point evaluation makes a fairly convincing case for the public access online catalogue.Ex: I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.Ex: A more moderate approach is found in the writings of Olding, who puts the case for multiple entry very concisely in a short pamphlet.Ex: It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.Ex: There are also dedicated individuals within government who have found a niche from which to crusade for school libraries.Ex: A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.Ex: A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.Ex: In particular he championed free photoduplication of library materials as a natural extension of library services to patrons at a distance.Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.Ex: Moreover, in addition to quantitative measures, qualitative indicators of benefits should be considered so as to present a complete picture when articulating the case for a library's total positive impact.Ex: An MP, a barrister, and a financial consultant present the case for charging Value Added Tax (VAT) on books.Ex: The author mounts a spirited defence of the National Library of Australia future collecting priorities.Ex: In an effort to save US culture, strike a blow for reading, and correct well intentioned but misguided notions about the Internet making libraries obsolete, offers ten reasons why the Internet is no substitute for a library..Ex: The Augustinian order kept his theological tradition, and raised the flag of the Augustinian thought before and after the German reformer.Ex: The author comes down in favour of adding notes to cataloguing records on the grounds that the educational purpose that they are intended to serve is clear.Ex: He states that he has always admired Woody Allen, explaining that when he first saw his films he was happy to see that someone was sticking up for the little guy.Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.Ex: The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.Ex: I will stand for your rights as my forefathers did before me!.* defender a = put + a word in for.* defender a Alguien = stand up for.* defender Algo = argue + Posesivo + corner.* defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.* defender el honor de Uno = defend + Posesivo + honour.* defender enérgicamente = be vociferous about/in.* defender la causa de = further + the cause of.* defender la necesidad = articulate + the need.* defender la necesidad de = support + the case for.* defender lo indenfensible = defend + the indefensible.* defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.* defender los intereses = defend + interests, lobby for + interests.* defender los intereses de = go to + bat for, bat for.* defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.* defender + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + causa = advance + Posesivo + cause.* defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.* defender + Posesivo + postura = argue + Posesivo + case.* defenderse = bite back, stand up, strike back, fight back, fight for + Posesivo + life.* defenderse de ataques = ward off + attacks.* defenderse por uno mismo = fend for + Reflexivo.* defender una causa = promote + cause, support + cause, champion + cause.* defender una idea = champion + idea.* defender un argumento = support + view.* defender un opinión = support + view.* saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.* * *defender [E8 ]vt1 (proteger) ‹guarnición/nación› to defend, protect; ‹persona› to defendsiempre defiende a su hermana he always defends o protects o stands up for his sisterdefender a algn DE algo/algn to defend sb AGAINST sth/sbla defendió de las acusaciones/de sus atacantes he defended her against the accusations/against her attackers2 ‹intereses› to protect, defend; ‹derechos› to defend; ‹título› to defend3 ( Der) ‹caso› to defend; ‹acusado/cliente› to defend4 ‹idea/teoría/opinión› to defend, uphold; ‹causa/ideal› to champion, defenddefender la tesis ≈ to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈ to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)1 ( refl) (contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; ( Der) to defend oneself defenderse DE algo/algn to defend oneself AGAINST sth/sbme defiendo bastante bien en francés I can get by quite well in French¿sabes jugar al tenis? — bueno, me defiendo can you play tennis? — well, I'm not too bad ( colloq)* * *
defender ( conjugate defender) verbo transitivo
to defend;
‹ intereses› to protect;
defender a algo/algn de algo/algn to defend sth/sb against sth/sb
defenderse verbo pronominal
(Der) to defend oneself;
defenderse de algo/algn to defend oneself against sth/sb
defender verbo transitivo to defend [contra, against] [de, from]
' defender' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
defensa
- defensor
- defensora
- muerte
- resguardar
- uña
- unirse
- valedor
- valedora
- defienda
English:
argue
- defend
- defender
- guard
- leg
- plead
- speak up
- stand up
- stick up for
- uphold
- advocate
- champion
- speak
- stand
- stick
* * *♦ vt1. [país, ideas] to defend;[amigo] to stand up for; Dep [contrario, delantero] to mark;defender a alguien de algo to defend sb from o against sth;defender los derechos/intereses de alguien to defend sb's rights/interests;defendió su teoría con sólidos argumentos he supported his theory with sound arguments;Depdefender el título to defend the title;defender algo a capa y espada to defend sth tooth and nail2. [reo, acusado] to defend♦ viDep to mark;defender al hombre to mark man for man, to man-mark;defender en zona to use a zone defence* * *I v/t1 defend (de against)2 en fútbol mark* * *defender {56} vt: to defend, to protect* * *defender vb1. (en general) to defend2. (proteger) to protect
См. также в других словарях:
Cases of controversial relations with the Axis of World War II — includes states which were not officially members of Axis but had controversial relations with one or more Axis members.Europe Andorra During the Second World War, Andorra remained neutral but was an important smuggling route between Vichy France … Wikipedia
cases — 1. Cases are the functions of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives in sentences, as reflected in their endings or some other aspect of their form. The chief cases we are concerned with are: subjective (or nominative): the function of subject of a verb … Modern English usage
When Prophecy Fails — … Wikipedia
CASES — CASES, Italian family mainly centered in Mantua, where they maintained their private synagogue until the 20th century. Over many generations, members of the family were physicians, rabbis, and secretaries of the Mantua community. The family… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
When a white horse is not a horse — (zh cpwl|c=白馬非馬|p= Báimǎ fēi mǎ |w= Pai ma fei ma |l=white horse not horse), also known as the White Horse Dialogue (zh cpwl|c=白馬論|p= Báimǎ Lùn |w= Pai ma Lun |l=white horse discourse), is a famous paradox in Chinese philosophy. Gongsun Long… … Wikipedia
When Corruption was King — When Corruption Was King: How I helped the mob rule Chicago, then brought the outfit down is a memoir, written by Robert Cooley, the Chicago Outfit’s “Mechanic” a fixer of court cases. During the 1970s and ’80s, Cooley has confessed to bribing… … Wikipedia
Cases — This famous Italian and Spanish surname has Roman pre Christian origins. Recorded in no less than eighty forms ranging from Casa, Caso, Dell Casa, Casillis, Dalla, and Dacca, to Casella, Casetti, Cason and Casaccio, this is a residential surname… … Surnames reference
Timeline of early AIDS cases — This article is a timeline of early AIDS cases. An AIDS case is classified as early if the death occurred before June 18, 1981, when the AIDS epidemic was formally recognized by medical professionals in San Francisco, California.1959David Carr: A … Wikipedia
Special cases of Apollonius' problem — In Euclidean geometry, Apollonius problem is to construct all the circles that are tangent to three given circles. Limiting cases of Apollonius problem are those in which at least one of the given circles is a point or line, i.e., is a circle of… … Wikipedia
Catholic sex abuse cases — The Catholic sex abuse cases are a series of convictions, trials and ongoing investigations into allegations of sex crimes committed by Catholic priests and members of religious orders.[1] These cases began receiving public attention beginning in … Wikipedia
List of miscarriage of justice cases — Main article: Miscarriage of justice This is a list of miscarriage of justice cases. This list includes cases where a convicted individual was later found to be innocent of the crime and has received either an official exoneration, or a consensus … Wikipedia
